blob: e7d9d505b2cfb87be660d49992f338eff6f026e2 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000029
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000030/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
31/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
32///
33/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
34/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
35/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
36/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
37/// function is being used.
38///
39/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
40/// referenced), false otherwise.
41bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000042 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000043 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000044 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
45 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
46 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000047 bool isSilenced = false;
48
49 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
50 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
51 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000053
54 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
55 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
56 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
57 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
58 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
59 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
60 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
61
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000062 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000177 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000178 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000179 }
180 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000181}
182
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000183SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
184 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
185 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
186}
187
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
189// Standard Promotions and Conversions
190//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
193void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
194 QualType Ty = E->getType();
195 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
196
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
200 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
201 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
202 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
203 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
204 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
205 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000206 //
207 // C++ 4.2p1:
208 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
209 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
210 //
211 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
212 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000213 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
214 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000215 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216}
217
218/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
219/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
220/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
221/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
222/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
223Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
224 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
225 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
226
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000227 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
228 //
229 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
230 // unsigned int may be used:
231 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
232 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
233 // and unsigned int.
234 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
235 //
236 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
237 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
238 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
239 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000240 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
241 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
242 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
243 return Expr;
244 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000245 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000246 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
247 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000248 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000249 }
250
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000251 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 return Expr;
253}
254
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000255/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
256/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
257/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
258void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
259 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
260 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
261
262 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
263 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
264 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
265 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
266
267 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
268}
269
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000270/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
271/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
272/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
273/// completely illegal.
274bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
276
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000277 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
278 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
279 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
280 << Expr->getType() << CT;
281 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000282 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000283
284 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
285 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
286 << Expr->getType() << CT;
287
288 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000289}
290
291
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
293/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
294/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
295/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
296/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
297/// GCC.
298QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
299 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000300 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302
303 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000304
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000305 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
306 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000307 QualType lhs =
308 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
309 QualType rhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000311
312 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
313 if (lhs == rhs)
314 return lhs;
315
316 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
317 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
318 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
319 return lhs;
320
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000321 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000322 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
324 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000325 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000326 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
327 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
328
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000329 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000330 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000331 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 return destType;
334}
335
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000336//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
337// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339
340
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000341/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000342/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
343/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
344/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
345/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000346///
347Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000348Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000349 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
350
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000351 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000352 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000353 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000354
355 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
356 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
357 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000359 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000360 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000362
363 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
364 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
365 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000366
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
368 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
369 // strings.
370 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000371 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000372 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000373
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000374 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000375 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
376 Literal.GetStringLength(),
377 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
378 &StringTokLocs[0],
379 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000380}
381
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000382/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
383/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
384/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
385/// for values inside the block or for globals).
386///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000387/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
388/// up-to-date.
389///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000390static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
391 ValueDecl *VD) {
392 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
393 // we wanted to.
394 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
395 return false;
396
397 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
398 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
399 return false;
400
401 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
402 // snapshot it.
403 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
404 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
406 return false;
407
408 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
409 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
410
411 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
412 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
413 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
414 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
415 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
416 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
417 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
418 // having a reference outside it.
419 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
420 break;
421
422 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
423 // a snapshot as well.
424 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
425 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000426
427 return true;
428}
429
430
431
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000432/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000433/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000434/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000435/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000436/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
438 IdentifierInfo &II,
439 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000440 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
441 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
442 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000443 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000444}
445
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000446/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
447/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
448/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000449Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000450Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
451 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
452 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000453 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
454 Diag(Loc,
455 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
456 << D->getDeclName();
457 return ExprError();
458 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000459
460 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
461 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
462 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
463 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
464 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
465 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
466 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
467 << D->getIdentifier();
468 return ExprError();
469 }
470 }
471 }
472 }
473
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000474 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000475
476 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000477 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
479 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000480 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000481 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000482 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
483
484 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000485}
486
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000487/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
488/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
489/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000490static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
491 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
493 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
494
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000495 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
496 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
497 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000499 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
500 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 D != DEnd; ++D) {
502 if (*D == Record) {
503 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
504 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
505 ++D;
506 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000507 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000508 return *D;
509 }
510 }
511
512 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
513 return 0;
514}
515
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000516/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
517/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
518/// actual member.
519///
520/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
521/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
522/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
523/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
524/// we found.
525///
526/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
527/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
528/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
529VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
530 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
532 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
533 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
534
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
537 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
538 do {
539 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000540 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000541 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000542 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 else {
544 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
545 break;
546 }
547 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
548 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
549 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000550
551 return BaseObject;
552}
553
554Sema::OwningExprResult
555Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
556 FieldDecl *Field,
557 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
558 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
559 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
560 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
561 AnonFields);
562
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000563 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
564 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
565 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
566 // found via name lookup.
567 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
568 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
569 if (BaseObject) {
570 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
571 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000572 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000573 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000574 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000575 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 ExtraQuals
577 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
578 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
579 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
580 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
581 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
582 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000583 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000584 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
585 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
586 }
587 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
588 } else {
589 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
590 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
591 // program our base object expression is "this".
592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
593 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
594 QualType AnonFieldType
595 = Context.getTagDeclType(
596 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
597 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
598 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
599 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
600 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
601 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000603 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
605 }
606 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
611 }
612
613 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
615 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
618 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
619 // anonymous struct/union.
620 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000621 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000622 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
623 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
624 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
625 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
626 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
627 unsigned combinedQualifiers
628 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
629 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
630 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000631 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
632 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000633 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000634 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
635 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000636 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
637 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638 }
639
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000640 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000641}
642
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000643/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
644/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
645/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
646/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
647/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
648/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
649/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
650/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
651/// forms.
652///
653/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
654/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
655/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
656/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000657///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000658/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
659/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
660/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
661/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000662Sema::OwningExprResult
663Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
664 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000665 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000666 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000667 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000668 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
669 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000670
671 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
672 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
673 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
674 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000675 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000676 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000677 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
678 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000679 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
680 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000681 }
682
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000683 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
684 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000685
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000686 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
687 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
688 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
689 : SourceRange());
690 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000691 }
692
693 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000694
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
696 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000697 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
698 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000699 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
700 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000701 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
702 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
703 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000704 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000705 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000707 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000708 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000709 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
710 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000711
712 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
713 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
714 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
715 return ExprError();
716
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000717 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
718 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
719 // an error.
720 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
721 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
722 << IV->getDeclName());
723 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
724 // same name exists, use the global.
725 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000726 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
727 ClassDeclared != IFace)
728 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000729 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
730 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000732 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
733 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000734 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000735 return Owned(new (Context)
736 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000737 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000738 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000739 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000740 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000741 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
742 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000743 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000744 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000745 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
746 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000747 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000748 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000749 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000750 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000751 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000752 QualType T;
753
754 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000755 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
756 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000757 else
758 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000759 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000760 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000761 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000762
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000763 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
764 // argument-dependent lookup.
765 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
766 HasTrailingLParen;
767
768 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000769 // We've seen something of the form
770 //
771 // identifier(
772 //
773 // and we did not find any entity by the name
774 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
775 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
776 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
777 Context.OverloadTy,
778 Loc));
779 }
780
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000781 if (D == 0) {
782 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
783 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000784 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000785 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000786 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000787 else {
788 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
789 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000790 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000791 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
792 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000793 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
794 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
796 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000797 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000798 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000799 }
800 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000801
802 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
803 // Warn about constructs like:
804 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
805 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
806
807 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
808 // information to check this property.
809 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
810 Scope *CheckS = S;
811 while (CheckS) {
812 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
813 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
814 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
815 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
816 << Var->getDeclName());
817 else
818 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
819 << Var->getDeclName());
820 break;
821 }
822
823 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
824 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
825 if (CheckS)
826 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
827 }
828 }
829 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
830 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
831 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
832 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
833 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
834 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
835 // type.
836 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
837 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000838
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 QualType T = Func->getType();
840 QualType NoProtoType = T;
841 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
842 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
843 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
844 }
845 }
846
847 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
848}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000849/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000850bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000851Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
852 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
853 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
854 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
855 QualType DestType =
856 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000857 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
858 return false;
859 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
860 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000861 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000862 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
863 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000864 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000865 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
866 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
867 DestRecordType,
868 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
869 From->getSourceRange()))
870 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000871 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
872 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000874 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000875}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000876
877/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
878Sema::OwningExprResult
879Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
880 bool HasTrailingLParen,
881 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
882 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
883 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
884 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
885
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000886 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
887 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
888 // not any specific instance's member.
889 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000890 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000891 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000892 QualType DType;
893 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
894 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
895 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
896 DType = Method->getType();
897 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
898 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
899 }
900 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
901 if (!DType.isNull()) {
902 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
903 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000904 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000905 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000906 }
907 }
908 }
909
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000910 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
911 // (C++ [class.union]).
912 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
913 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
914 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000915
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000916 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
917 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
918 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
919 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
920 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
921 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
922 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
923 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
924 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
925 QualType MemberType;
926 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
927 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
928 MemberType = FD->getType();
929
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000930 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000931 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
932 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
933 unsigned combinedQualifiers
934 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
935 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
936 }
937 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
938 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
939 Ctx = Method->getParent();
940 MemberType = Method->getType();
941 }
942 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
943 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
944 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
945 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
946 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
947 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
948 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
949 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
950 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
951 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
952 break;
953 }
954 }
955 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000956
957 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000958 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
959 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
960 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
961 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
962 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
963 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000964 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000965 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000966 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000967 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
968 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0f44b5a2009-08-08 16:55:18 +0000969 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
970 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000971 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000972 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000973 }
974 }
975 }
976 }
977
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000978 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000979 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
980 if (MD->isStatic())
981 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000982 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
983 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000984 }
985
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000986 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
987 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
988 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000989 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
990 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000991 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000992
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000993 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000994 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000995 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000996 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000997 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000998 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000999
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001000 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001001 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001002 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1003 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001004 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001005 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1006 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001007 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001008
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001009 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1010 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1011 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1012 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001013 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1014 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001015 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1016 return ExprError();
1017
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001018 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1019 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001020 return ExprError();
1021
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001022 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1023 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1024 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1025 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001026 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001027 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1028 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1029 //
1030 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001031 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001032 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001033 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001034 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001035 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001036 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1037 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001038 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001039
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001040 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001041 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1042 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001043 }
1044 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1045 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001046
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001047 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001048 bool ValueDependent = false;
1049 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1050 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1051 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1052 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1053 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1054 TypeDependent = true;
1055 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1056 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1057 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1058 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1059 TypeDependent = true;
1060 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1061 // names a dependent type.
1062 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001063 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001064 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1065 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001066 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001067 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1068 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1069 TypeDependent = true;
1070 break;
1071 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001072 }
1073 }
1074 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001075
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001076 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1077 //
1078 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1079 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1080 if (TypeDependent)
1081 ValueDependent = true;
1082 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1083 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1084 ValueDependent = true;
1085 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1086 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001087 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1088 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1089 Dcl->getInit()) {
1090 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1091 }
1092 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001093 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001094
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001095 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1096 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001097}
1098
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001099Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1100 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001101 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001103 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001104 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001105 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1106 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1107 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001108 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001109
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001110 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1111 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001112 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001113 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1114 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001115 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1116 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1117 else {
1118 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1119 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1120 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1121 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122
1123
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001124 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001125 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001126 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001127 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001128}
1129
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001130Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001131 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1132 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1133 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1134 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001136 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1137 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1138 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001140
1141 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1142
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001143 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1144 Literal.isWide(),
1145 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001146}
1147
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1149 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001150 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1151 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001152 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001153 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001154 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001155 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001156 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001157
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001158 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001159 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1160 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001161 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001163 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1164 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001166 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1167 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1168 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169 return ExprError();
1170
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001171 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001172
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001173 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001174 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001175 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001176 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001177 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001178 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001179 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001180 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001181
1182 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1183
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001184 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1185 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001186 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1187 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001189 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001190 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001191 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001192 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001194 // long long is a C99 feature.
1195 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001196 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001197 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1198
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001200 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001201
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001202 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1203 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1204 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001205 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1206 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001207 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001208 } else {
1209 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1210 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001211
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001212 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1213 // be an unsigned int.
1214 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1215
1216 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001217 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001218 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1219 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001220 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001221
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001222 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1223 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1224 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1225 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001226 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001227 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001228 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001229 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001230 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001231 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001233 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001234 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001235 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001237 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1238 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1239 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1240 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001241 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001242 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001243 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001244 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001245 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001246 }
1247
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001248 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001249 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001250 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001251
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001252 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1253 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1254 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1255 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001256 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001258 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001259 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 }
1261 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001263 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1264 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001265 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001267 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001268 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001270
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001271 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1272 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001274 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001275 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001277 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1278 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001279 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1280 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001281
1282 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001283}
1284
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1286 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001287 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001288 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001289 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001290}
1291
1292/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1293/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001294bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001295 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1296 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1297 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001298 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1299 return false;
1300
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001302 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001303 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001304 if (isSizeof)
1305 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1306 return false;
1307 }
1308
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001309 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001310 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001311 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1312 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001313 return false;
1314 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001316 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1317 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1318 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1319 ExprRange))
1320 return true;
1321
1322 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001323 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001324 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001325 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1326 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001327 }
1328
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001329 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001330}
1331
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001332bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1333 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1334 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001335
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001336 // alignof decl is always ok.
1337 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1338 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001339
1340 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1341 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1342 return false;
1343
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001344 if (E->getBitField()) {
1345 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1346 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001347 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001348
1349 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1350 // bit-field.
1351 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001352 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001353 return false;
1354
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001355 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1356}
1357
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001358/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1359Action::OwningExprResult
1360Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1361 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1362 if (T.isNull())
1363 return ExprError();
1364
1365 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1366 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1367 return ExprError();
1368
1369 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1370 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1371 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1372 R.getEnd()));
1373}
1374
1375/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1376/// operand.
1377Action::OwningExprResult
1378Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1379 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1380 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1381 bool isInvalid = false;
1382 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1383 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1384 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1385 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001386 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001387 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1388 isInvalid = true;
1389 } else {
1390 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1391 }
1392
1393 if (isInvalid)
1394 return ExprError();
1395
1396 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1397 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1398 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1399 R.getEnd()));
1400}
1401
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001402/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1403/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1404/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001405Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001406Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1407 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001408 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001409 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001411 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001412 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1413 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001414 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1415 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001416
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001417 // Get the end location.
1418 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1419 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1420 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1421
1422 if (Result.isInvalid())
1423 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1424
1425 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001426}
1427
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001428QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001429 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1430 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001431
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001432 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001433 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1434 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001435
1436 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1437 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1438 return V->getType();
1439
1440 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001441 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1442 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001443 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001444}
1445
1446
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001447
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001448Action::OwningExprResult
1449Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1450 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001451 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1452 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001453 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001454
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001455 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1456 switch (Kind) {
1457 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1458 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1459 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1460 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001461
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001462 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1463 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1464 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001466 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1467
1468 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1469 //
1470 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1471 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1472 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1473 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1474 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1475 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1476 // argument will have value zero.
1477 Expr *Args[2] = {
1478 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001479 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1480 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001481 };
1482
1483 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1484 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001485 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001486
1487 // Perform overload resolution.
1488 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001489 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001490 case OR_Success: {
1491 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1492 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1493
1494 if (FnDecl) {
1495 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1496 // operator.
1497
1498 // Convert the arguments.
1499 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1500 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001502 } else {
1503 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001504 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001505 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1506 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001507 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001508 }
1509
1510 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001511 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001512 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1513 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001514
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001515 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001516 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001517 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001518 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1519
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001521 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001522 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1523 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1524 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001525 } else {
1526 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1527 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1528 // operator node.
1529 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1530 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001531 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001532
1533 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001534 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001535 }
1536
1537 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1538 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1539 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1540 break;
1541
1542 case OR_Ambiguous:
1543 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1544 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1545 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1546 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001547 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001548
1549 case OR_Deleted:
1550 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1551 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1552 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1553 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1554 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1555 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001556 }
1557
1558 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1559 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1560 // build a built-in operation.
1561 }
1562
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001563 Input.release();
1564 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001565 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001566}
1567
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568Action::OwningExprResult
1569Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1570 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001571 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1572 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1573
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001574 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1575 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001576
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001577 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001578 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1579 Base.release();
1580 Idx.release();
1581 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1582 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1583 }
1584
1585 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001586 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001587 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1588 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1589 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001590 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1591 // to the candidate set.
1592 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1593 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001594 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1595 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001596
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001597 // Perform overload resolution.
1598 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001599 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001600 case OR_Success: {
1601 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1602 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1603
1604 if (FnDecl) {
1605 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1606 // operator.
1607
1608 // Convert the arguments.
1609 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1610 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1611 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1612 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1613 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001614 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001615 } else {
1616 // Convert the arguments.
1617 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1618 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1619 "passing") ||
1620 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1621 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1622 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001623 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001624 }
1625
1626 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001627 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001628 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1629 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001630
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001631 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001632 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1633 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001634 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1635
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001636 Base.release();
1637 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001638 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1639 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001640 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1641 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001642 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001643 } else {
1644 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1645 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1646 // operator node.
1647 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1648 "passing") ||
1649 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1650 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001652
1653 break;
1654 }
1655 }
1656
1657 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1658 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1659 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1660 break;
1661
1662 case OR_Ambiguous:
1663 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1664 << "[]"
1665 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1666 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001667 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001668
1669 case OR_Deleted:
1670 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1671 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1672 << "[]"
1673 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1674 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1675 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001676 }
1677
1678 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1679 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1680 // build a built-in operation.
1681 }
1682
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001683 // Perform default conversions.
1684 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1685 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001686
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001687 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001688
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001689 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001690 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001691 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001692 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001693 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1694 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001695 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1696 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1697 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1698 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001699 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001700 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1701 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001702 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001703 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001704 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001705 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1706 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001707 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001708 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1709 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1710 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1711 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1712 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1713 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1714 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1715 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1716 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1717 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1718 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001719 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1720 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001721 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001722
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001723 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1724 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001725 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1726 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1727 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1728 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1729 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1730 // force the promotion here.
1731 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1732 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1733 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1734 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1735
1736 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1737 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001738 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001739 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1740 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1741 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1742 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1743 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1744 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1745
1746 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1747 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001748 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001749 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001750 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1751 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001752 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001753 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001754 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1755 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001756 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1757 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001759 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1760 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1761 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1762 // incomplete types are not object types.
1763 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1764 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1765 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1766 return ExprError();
1767 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001768
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001769 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001770 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001771 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1772 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001773
1774 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1775 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1776 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1777 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1778 return ExprError();
1779 }
1780
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001781 Base.release();
1782 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001783 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001784 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001785}
1786
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001787QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001788CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001789 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001790 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001791
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001792 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1793 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001794
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001795 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001796 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1797 // to be selected.
1798 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001799
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001800 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1801 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001802 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001803
1804 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1805 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001806 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001807 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1808 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001809 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001810 do
1811 compStr++;
1812 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001813 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001814 do
1815 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001816 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001817 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001818
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001819 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001820 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1821 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001822 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1823 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001824 return QualType();
1825 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001826
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001827 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1828 // operates on.
1829 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1830 compStr = CompName.getName();
1831
1832 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001833 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001834
1835 while (*compStr) {
1836 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1837 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1838 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1839 return QualType();
1840 }
1841 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001842 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001843
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001844 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1845 // number of elements.
1846 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001847 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001848 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001849 return QualType();
1850 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001851
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001852 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001853 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001854 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001855 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001856 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001857 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1858 : CompName.getLength();
1859 if (HexSwizzle)
1860 CompSize--;
1861
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001862 if (CompSize == 1)
1863 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001864
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001865 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001866 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001867 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1868 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1869 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1870 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001871 }
1872 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001873}
1874
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001875static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1876 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001877 const Selector &Sel,
1878 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001879
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001880 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001881 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001882 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001883 return OMD;
1884
1885 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1886 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001887 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1888 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001889 return D;
1890 }
1891 return 0;
1892}
1893
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001894static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001895 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001896 const Selector &Sel,
1897 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001898 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1899 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001900 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001901 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001902 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001903 GDecl = PD;
1904 break;
1905 }
1906 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001907 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001908 GDecl = OMD;
1909 break;
1910 }
1911 }
1912 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001913 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001914 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1915 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001916 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001917 if (GDecl)
1918 return GDecl;
1919 }
1920 }
1921 return GDecl;
1922}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001923
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001924/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1925/// all base class implementations.
1926///
1927ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1928 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1929 const Selector &Sel) {
1930 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00001931 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001932 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001933
1934 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1935 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1936 return Method;
1937}
1938
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001939Action::OwningExprResult
1940Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1941 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001942 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001943 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1944 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
1945 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1946 return ExprError();
1947
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001948 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1949 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1950
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001951 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001952 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001953
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001954 // Perform default conversions.
1955 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001956
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001957 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001958 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1959 // use that.
1960 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1961 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1962 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1963 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1964 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
1965 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
1966 }
1967 } else if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1968 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1969 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
1970 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
1971 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001972 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001973
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001974 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1975 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001976 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00001977 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00001978 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
1979 BaseExpr, true,
1980 OpLoc,
1981 DeclarationName(&Member),
1982 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001983 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001984 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001985 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1986 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001987 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001988 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1989 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1990 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00001991 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001992 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1993 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
1994 // (so we'll report an error for)
1995 // T* t;
1996 // t.f;
1997 //
1998 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1999 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2000 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002001 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002002
2003 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2004 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002005 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2006 BaseExpr, false,
2007 OpLoc,
2008 DeclarationName(&Member),
2009 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002010 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002011 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002012
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002013 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2014 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002015 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002016 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002017 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002018 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2019 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2020 return ExprError();
2021
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002022 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2023 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2024 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2025 // nested-name-specifier.
2026 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2027
2028 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2029 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2030 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2031 }
2032
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002033 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002034 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002035 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002036 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002037
Douglas Gregordcee1a12009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002038 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002039 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2040 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2041 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2042 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2043 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2044 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2045
2046 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2047 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2048 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2049 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2050 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2051 }
2052
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002053 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002054 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2055 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002056 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002057 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2058 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2059 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002060 }
2061
2062 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002063
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002064 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2065 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2066 // error cases.
2067 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2068 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002069
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002070 // Check the use of this field
2071 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2072 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002073
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002074 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002075 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2076 // (C++ [class.union]).
2077 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002078 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002079 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002080
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002081 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002082 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002083 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002084 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2085 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002086 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002087 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2088 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002089 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002090 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2091 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002092 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2093 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002094 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002095
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002096 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002097 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2098 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002099 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2100 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002101 }
2102
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002103 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2104 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002105 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002106 Var, MemberLoc,
2107 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002108 }
2109 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2110 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002111 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002112 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2113 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002114 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002115 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2116 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002117 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002119 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2120 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002121 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2122 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002123 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002124 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2126 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002127
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002128 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2129 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2130 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002131 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2132 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2133 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002134 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002135
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002136 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002137 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002138 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2139 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2140 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2141 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2142 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2143 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2144 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2145 // Check the use of this method.
2146 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2147 return ExprError();
2148 }
2149 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2150 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2151 Selector SetterSel =
2152 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2153 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2154 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2155 if (!Setter) {
2156 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2157 // methods.
2158 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2159 }
2160 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002161 if (!Setter)
2162 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002163
2164 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2165 return ExprError();
2166
2167 if (Getter || Setter) {
2168 QualType PType;
2169
2170 if (Getter)
2171 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002172 else
2173 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2174 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002175 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002176 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplctSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002177 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2178 }
2179 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2180 << &Member << BaseType);
2181 }
2182 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002183 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2184 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002185 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2186 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2187 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2188 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2189 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002190 if (IFaceT) {
2191 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2192 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2193 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2194
2195 if (IV) {
2196 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2197 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2198 // error cases.
2199 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2200 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002201
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002202 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2203 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2204 return ExprError();
2205 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2206 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2207 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2208 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2209 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2210 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2211 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2212 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2213 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2214 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2215 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2216 // AST for a function decl.
2217 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2218 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2219 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2220 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2221 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2222 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2223 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2224 }
2225
2226 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2227 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2228 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2229 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2230 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002231 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2232 // @protected
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002233 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2234 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002235 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002236
2237 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2238 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2239 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002240 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002241 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2242 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2243 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002244 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002245 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002246 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2247 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2248 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2249 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2250
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002251 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2252 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2253 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2254 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2255 // Check the use of this declaration
2256 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2257 return ExprError();
2258
2259 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2260 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2261 }
2262 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2263 // Check the use of this method.
2264 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2265 return ExprError();
2266
2267 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2268 OMD->getResultType(),
2269 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2270 NULL, 0));
2271 }
2272 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002273
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002274 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2275 << &Member << BaseType);
2276 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002277 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2278 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002279 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2280 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2281 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2282 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2283 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2284
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002285 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002286 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002287 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2288 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2289 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002290 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2291 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002292 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002293 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2294 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002295 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002296 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2297 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002298 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002299 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2300 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002301 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002302 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2303 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2304 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002305
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002306 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002307 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2308 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002309 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2310 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2311 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2312 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2313 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2314 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002315
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002316 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2317 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2318 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002319 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2320 // selector is implemented.
2321
2322 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2323 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2324
2325 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002326 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002327
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002328 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2329 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002330 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002331
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002332 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002333 if (!Getter)
2334 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002335 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002336 // Check if we can reference this property.
2337 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2338 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002339 }
2340 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2341 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2342 Selector SetterSel =
2343 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2344 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002345 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002346 if (!Setter) {
2347 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2348 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002349 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002350 }
2351 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002352 if (!Setter)
2353 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002354
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002355 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2356 return ExprError();
2357
2358 if (Getter || Setter) {
2359 QualType PType;
2360
2361 if (Getter)
2362 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002363 else
2364 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2365 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002366 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002367 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplctSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002368 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2369 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002370 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2371 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002372 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002373
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002374 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2375 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2376 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002377 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002378 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2379 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2380
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002381 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002382 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002383 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2384 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002385 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002386 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002387 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002388 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002389
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002390 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2391 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2392
2393 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2394 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2395 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2396 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2397 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2398 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002399 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002400 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2401 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2402 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2403 }
2404
2405 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002406}
2407
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002408/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2409/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2410/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2411/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2412/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2413/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002414bool
2415Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002416 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002417 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002418 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2419 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002420 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002421 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2422 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2423 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002424 bool Invalid = false;
2425
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002426 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2427 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2428 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2429 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2430 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2431 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2432 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2433 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002434 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002435 }
2436
2437 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2438 // them.
2439 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2440 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2441 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2442 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2443 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2444 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2445 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2446 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002447 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002448 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002449 }
2450 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2451 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002452
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002453 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2454 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2455 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002456
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002457 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002458 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002459 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002460
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002461 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2462 ProtoArgType,
2463 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2464 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2465 return true;
2466
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002467 // Pass the argument.
2468 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2469 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002470 } else {
2471 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2472 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2473 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2474 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2475 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2476 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002477 } else {
2478 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2479
2480 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2481 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2482 // be properly destroyed.
2483 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2484 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2485 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2486 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2487 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2488 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2489 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002490 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002491
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002492 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Anders Carlssonf1480ee2009-08-14 18:30:22 +00002493 Arg = CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002494 }
2495
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002496 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002497
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002498 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2499 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002500
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002501 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2502 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002503 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2504 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2505 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2506 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2507 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2508
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002509 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2510 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2511 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002512 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2514 }
2515 }
2516
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002517 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518}
2519
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002520/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002521/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2522/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002523Action::OwningExprResult
2524Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2525 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002526 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002527 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002528
2529 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2530 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
2531
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002532 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002533 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002534 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002535 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002536 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002537 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002538
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002539 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002540 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002541 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002542 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2543 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002544 bool Dependent = false;
2545 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2546 Dependent = true;
2547 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2548 Dependent = true;
2549
2550 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002551 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002552 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2553
2554 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2555 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2556 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2557 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2558
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002559 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002560 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2561 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2562 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2563 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2564 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2565 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2566 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002567 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2568 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002569 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002570 }
2571
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002572 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002573 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2574 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002575 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2576 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002577 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2578 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2579 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002580 while (true) {
2581 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2582 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2583 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002584 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002585 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002586 ADL = false;
2587 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2588 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002589 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002590 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2591 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002592 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002593 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2594 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002595 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002596 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002597 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002598 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2599 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2600 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002601 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2602 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2603 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002604 if (!NDecl)
2605 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002606 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2607 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2608 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2609
2610 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2611 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2612 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2613 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2614 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2615 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2616 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2617 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2618 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2619 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2620 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2621 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2622 //
2623 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2624 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2625 // is still possible.
2626 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2627 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002628 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002629 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002630 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2631 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2632 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002633 break;
2634 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002635 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002636
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002637 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002638 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002639 if (NDecl) {
2640 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2641 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002642 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2643 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002644 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2645 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002646 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002647
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002648 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2649 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002650 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002651 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002652 ADL = false;
2653
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002654 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2655 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2656 ADL = false;
2657
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002658 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002659 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2660 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2661 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2662 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2663 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2664 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002665 if (!FDecl)
2666 return ExprError();
2667
2668 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2669 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002670 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002671 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002672 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2673 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2674 false, false,
2675 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2676 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002677 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002678 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002679 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2680 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2681 Fn = NewFn;
2682 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002683 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002684
2685 // Promote the function operand.
2686 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2687
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002688 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2689 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002690 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2691 Args, NumArgs,
2692 Context.BoolTy,
2693 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002694
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002695 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2696 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2697 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2698 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002699 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002700 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002701 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2702 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002703 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2704 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002705 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002706 getAsFunctionType();
2707 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002708 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002709 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2710 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2711
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002712 // Check for a valid return type
2713 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2714 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2715 FuncT->getResultType(),
2716 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2717 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2718 return ExprError();
2719
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002720 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002721 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002722
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002723 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002724 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002725 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002726 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002727 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002728 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002729
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002730 if (FDecl) {
2731 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2732 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2733 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002734 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002735 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2736 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2737 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2738 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2739 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2740 }
2741 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002742 }
2743
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002744 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002745 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2746 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2747 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002748 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2749 Arg->getType(),
2750 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2751 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2752 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002753 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002754 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002755 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002756
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002757 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2758 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002759 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2760 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002761
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002762 // Check for sentinels
2763 if (NDecl)
2764 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002765
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002766 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002767 if (FDecl) {
2768 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2769 return ExprError();
2770
2771 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context))
2772 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2773 } else if (NDecl) {
2774 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2775 return ExprError();
2776 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002777
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002778 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002779}
2780
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002781Action::OwningExprResult
2782Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2783 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002784 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002785 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2786 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002787 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002788 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002789 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002790
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002791 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002792 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002793 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2794 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002795 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2796 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2797 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002798 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002799 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002800
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002801 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002802 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002803 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002804
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002805 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002806 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002807 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002808 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002809 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002810 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002811 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002812 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002813}
2814
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002815Action::OwningExprResult
2816Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002817 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2818 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2819 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002820
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002821 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002822 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002823
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002824 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002825 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002826 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002827 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002828}
2829
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002830/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002831bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002832 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002833 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002834 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002835
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00002836 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002837
2838 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2839 // type needs to be scalar.
2840 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2841 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2842 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002843 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2844 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2845 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2846 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002847 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002848 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2849 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002850 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002851 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2852 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002853 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002854 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002855 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002856 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2857 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2858 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2859 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2860 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2861 break;
2862 }
2863 }
2864 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2865 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2866 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002867 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002868 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002869 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002870 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002871 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002872 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002873 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002874 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002875 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2876 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002877 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002878 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2879 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002880 return true;
2881 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2882 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2883 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002884 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2885 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2886 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002887 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002888 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002889 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2890 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2891 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2892 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2893 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2894 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2895 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2896 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2897 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2898 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2899 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002900 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002901 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2902 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002903 return false;
2904}
2905
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002906bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002907 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002908
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002909 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002910 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002911 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002912 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002913 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002914 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002915 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002916 } else
2917 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002918 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002919 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002920
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002921 return false;
2922}
2923
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002924bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
2925 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
2926
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00002927 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
2928 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002929 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
2930 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
2931 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
2932 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
2933 return false;
2934 }
2935
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002936 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002937 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
2938 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002939 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
2940 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2941 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
2942 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002943 return false;
2944}
2945
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002946Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002947Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002948 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002949 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
2950
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002951 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2952 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002953
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002954 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002955 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2956 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002957
2958 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
2959 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
2960 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002961
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002962 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
2963 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002964 return ExprError();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002965
2966 Op.release();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002967 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002968 Kind, castExpr, castType,
2969 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002970}
2971
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002972/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
2973/// of comma binary operators.
2974Action::OwningExprResult
2975Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
2976 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
2977 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
2978 if (!E)
2979 return Owned(expr);
2980
2981 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
2982
2983 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
2984 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
2985 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
2986
2987 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
2988}
2989
2990Action::OwningExprResult
2991Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2992 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
2993 QualType Ty) {
2994 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
2995
2996 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
2997 // then handle it as such.
2998 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
2999 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3000 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3001 return ExprError();
3002 }
3003
3004 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3005 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3006 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3007
3008 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3009 // braces instead of the original commas.
3010 Op.release();
3011 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
3012 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3013 E->setType(Ty);
3014 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
3015 Owned(E));
3016 } else {
3017 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
3018 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3019 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3020 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3021 }
3022}
3023
3024Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3025 SourceLocation R,
3026 MultiExprArg Val) {
3027 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3028 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3029 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3030 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3031 return Owned(expr);
3032}
3033
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003034/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3035/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003036/// C99 6.5.15
3037QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3038 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003039 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3040 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3041 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3042
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003043 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3044 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3045 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3046 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3047 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3048 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003049
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003050 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003051 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3052 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3053 << CondTy;
3054 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003055 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003056
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003057 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003058 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3059 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003060
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003061 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3062 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003063 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3064 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3065 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003066 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003067
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003068 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3069 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003070 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3071 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003072 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003073 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003074 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003075 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003076 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003077 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003078
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003079 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003080 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003081 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3082 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3083 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3084 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3085 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3086 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3087 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3088 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3089 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003090 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003091 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003092 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3093 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003094 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003095 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3096 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3097 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003098 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003099 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003100 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3101 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3102 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003103 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003104 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3105 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3106 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3107 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3108 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3109 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3110 return LHSTy;
3111 }
3112 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3113 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3114 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3115 return RHSTy;
3116 }
3117 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3118 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3119 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3120 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3121 return LHSTy;
3122 }
3123 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3124 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3125 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3126 return RHSTy;
3127 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003128 // Handle block pointer types.
3129 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3130 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3131 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3132 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3133 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3134 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3135 return destType;
3136 }
3137 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3138 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3139 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003140 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003141 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3142 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3143 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003144 return LHSTy;
3145 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003146 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003147 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3148 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003150 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3151 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003152 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3153 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3154 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3155 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3156 // to get a consistent AST.
3157 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3158 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3159 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3160 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003161 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003162 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3163 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3164 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003165 return LHSTy;
3166 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003167 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003168 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003169
3170 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3171 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3172 return LHSTy;
3173 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003174 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3175 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003176 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3177
3178 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3179 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3180 // type. This allows
3181 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3182 // where B is a subclass of A.
3183 //
3184 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3185 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3186 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3187 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3188
3189 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3190 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003191 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003192 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003193 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003194 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003195 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3196 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003197 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003198 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3199 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3200 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3201 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3202 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3203 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003204 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3205 } else {
3206 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3207 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3208 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3209 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3210 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3211 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3212 return incompatTy;
3213 }
3214 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3215 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3216 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3217 return compositeType;
3218 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003219 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3220 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003221 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003222 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3223 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3224 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3225 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3226 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3227 return destType;
3228 }
3229 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3230 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003231 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003232 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3233 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3234 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3235 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3236 return destType;
3237 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003238 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3239 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3240 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003241 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3242 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003243
3244 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3245 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3246 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3247 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3248 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3249 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3250 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3251 return destType;
3252 }
3253 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3254 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3255 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3256 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3257 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3258 return destType;
3259 }
3260
3261 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3262 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3263 return LHSTy;
3264 }
3265 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3266 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3267 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3268 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3269 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3270 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3271 // to get a consistent AST.
3272 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3273 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3274 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3275 return incompatTy;
3276 }
3277 // The pointer types are compatible.
3278 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3279 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3280 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3281 // type.
3282 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3283 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3284 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3285 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3286 return LHSTy;
3287 }
3288
3289 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3290 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3291 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3292 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3293 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3294 return RHSTy;
3295 }
3296 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3297 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3298 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3299 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3300 return LHSTy;
3301 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003302
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003303 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003304 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3305 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003306 return QualType();
3307}
3308
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003309/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003310/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003311Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3312 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3313 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3314 ExprArg RHS) {
3315 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3316 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003317
3318 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3319 // was the condition.
3320 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3321 if (isLHSNull)
3322 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003323
3324 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003325 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003326 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003327 return ExprError();
3328
3329 Cond.release();
3330 LHS.release();
3331 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003332 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003333 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3334 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003335}
3336
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003337// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003338// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003339// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3340// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3341// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003342Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003343Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3344 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003345
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003346 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3347 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3348 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3349 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3350 return Compatible;
3351 }
3352
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003353 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003354 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3355 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003357 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003358 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3359 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003360
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003361 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003362
3363 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3364 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3365 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003366 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003367 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003368 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003369
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003370 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3371 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003372 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003373 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003374 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003375 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003376
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003377 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003378 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3379 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003380 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003382 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003383 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003384 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003385
3386 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003387 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3388 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003389 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003390 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003391 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003392 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3393 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3394 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3395 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3396 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3397 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3398 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3399 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3400 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3401 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3402 }
3403 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3404 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3405 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3406 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3407 }
3408 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3409 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3410 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3411 // warning can be disabled.
3412 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3413 return ConvTy;
3414 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3415 }
3416 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3417 return IncompatiblePointer;
3418 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003419 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003420}
3421
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003422/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3423/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3424/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3425// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003426Sema::AssignConvertType
3427Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003428 QualType rhsType) {
3429 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003430
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003431 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003432 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3433 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003434
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003435 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3436 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3437 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003439 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003440
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003441 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3442 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3443 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003444
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003445 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003446 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003447 return ConvTy;
3448}
3449
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3451/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003452/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3453///
3454/// int a, *pint;
3455/// short *pshort;
3456/// struct foo *pfoo;
3457///
3458/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3459/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3460/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3461/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3462///
3463/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003464/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003465///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003466Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003467Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003468 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3469 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003470 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3471 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003472
3473 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003474 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003475
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003476 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3477 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3478 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3479 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3480 return Compatible;
3481 }
3482
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003483 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3484 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3485 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3486 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3487 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3488 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3489 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003490 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003491 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003492 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003493 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003494 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003495 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3496 // to the same ExtVector type.
3497 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3498 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3499 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3500 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3501 return Compatible;
3502 }
3503
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003504 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003505 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003506 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003507 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003508 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3509 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003510 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003511 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003512 }
3513 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003514 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003515
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003516 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003517 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003518
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003519 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003520 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003521 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003522
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003523 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003524 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003525
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003526 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003527 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003528 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3529 return Compatible;
3530 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003531 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003532 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3533 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003534 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003535
3536 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003537 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003538 return Compatible;
3539 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003540 return Incompatible;
3541 }
3542
3543 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3544 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003545 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003546
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003547 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003548 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003549 return Compatible;
3550
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003551 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3552 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003554 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003555 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003556 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003557 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003558 return Incompatible;
3559 }
3560
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003561 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3562 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3563 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003564
3565 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003566 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003567 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3568 return Compatible;
3569 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003570 }
3571 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003572 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3573 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003574 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3575 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003576 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3577 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003578 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003579 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003580 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003581 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3582 return Compatible;
3583 }
3584 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3585 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3586 return Compatible;
3587 return Incompatible;
3588 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003589 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003590 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003591 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3592 return Compatible;
3593
3594 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003595 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003596
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003597 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003598 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003599
3600 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003601 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003602 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003603 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003604 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003605 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3606 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3607 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3608 return Compatible;
3609
3610 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3611 return PointerToInt;
3612
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003613 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003614 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003615 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3616 return Compatible;
3617 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003618 }
3619 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003620 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003621 return Compatible;
3622 return Incompatible;
3623 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003624
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003625 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003626 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003627 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003628 }
3629 return Incompatible;
3630}
3631
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003632/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3633/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3634static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3635 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3636 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3637 // of the transparent union.
3638 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3639 &E, 1,
3640 SourceLocation());
3641 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3642 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3643
3644 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3645 // union type from this initializer list.
3646 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3647 false);
3648}
3649
3650Sema::AssignConvertType
3651Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3652 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3653
3654 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3655 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3656 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003657 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003658 return Incompatible;
3659
3660 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3661 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3662 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3663 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003664 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3665 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003666 it != itend; ++it) {
3667 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3668 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3669 // 1) void pointer
3670 // 2) null pointer constant
3671 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003672 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003673 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3674 InitField = *it;
3675 break;
3676 }
3677
3678 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3679 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3680 InitField = *it;
3681 break;
3682 }
3683 }
3684
3685 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3686 == Compatible) {
3687 InitField = *it;
3688 break;
3689 }
3690 }
3691
3692 if (!InitField)
3693 return Incompatible;
3694
3695 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3696 return Compatible;
3697}
3698
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003699Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003700Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3702 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3703 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3704 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3705 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003706 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3707 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003708 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003709 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003710 }
3711
3712 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3713 // structures.
3714 }
3715
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003716 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3717 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003718 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003719 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003721 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003722 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003723 return Compatible;
3724 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003726 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003727 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003728 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003729 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003730 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003732 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3733 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003734
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003735 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3736 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003737
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003738 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3739 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003740 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3741 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3742 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3743 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003744 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003745 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003746 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003747}
3748
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003749QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003750 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003751 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003752 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003753 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003754}
3755
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003757 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003759 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003760 QualType lhsType =
3761 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3762 QualType rhsType =
3763 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003765 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003766 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003767 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003768
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003769 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3770 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003771 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3772 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3773 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003774 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3775 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003776 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003777 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003778 }
3779 }
3780 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003782 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3783 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3784 bool swapped = false;
3785 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3786 swapped = true;
3787 std::swap(rex, lex);
3788 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3789 }
3790
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003791 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003792 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3793 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3794 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3795 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003796 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003797 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3798 return lhsType;
3799 }
3800 }
3801 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3802 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3803 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003804 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003805 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3806 return lhsType;
3807 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003808 }
3809 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003810
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003811 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003813 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003814 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003815 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003816}
3817
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003818inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003820{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003821 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003822 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003823
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003824 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003825
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003826 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003827 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003828 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003829}
3830
3831inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003832 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003833{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003834 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3835 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3836 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3837 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3838 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003839
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003840 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003842 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003843 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003844 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003845}
3846
3847inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003848 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003849{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003850 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3851 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3852 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3853 return compType;
3854 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003855
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003856 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003857
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003858 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003859 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3860 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3861 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003862 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003863 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003864
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003865 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3866 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003867 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003868 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3869
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003870 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003871
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003872 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003873 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003874
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003875 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3876 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003877 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003879 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003880 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003881 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003882
3883 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3884 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3885 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003886 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003887 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3889 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3890 return QualType();
3891 }
3892
3893 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3894 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3895 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003896 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003897 // Check if we require a complete type.
3898 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003899 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003900 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3901 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3902 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3903 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3904 PExp->getType()))
3905 return QualType();
3906 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003907 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3908 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3909 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3910 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3911 return QualType();
3912 }
3913
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003914 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003915 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
3916 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
3917 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3918 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3919 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003920 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003921 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3922 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003923 return PExp->getType();
3924 }
3925 }
3926
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003927 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003928}
3929
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003930// C99 6.5.6
3931QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003932 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3933 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3934 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3935 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3936 return compType;
3937 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003938
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003939 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003940
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003941 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003942
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003943 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003944 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3945 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003946 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003947 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003948 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003949
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003950 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003951 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003952 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003953
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003954 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003955
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003956 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3957 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3958 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3960 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3961 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3962 return QualType();
3963 }
3964
3965 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3966 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3967 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3968 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3969 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003970 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003971 return QualType();
3972 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003973
3974 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3975 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3976 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3977 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3978 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3979 lex->getSourceRange(),
3980 SourceRange(),
3981 lex->getType()))
3982 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003983
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003984 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3985 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3986 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3987 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3988 return QualType();
3989 }
3990
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003991 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003992 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3993 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3994 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3995 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3996 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3997 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3998 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3999 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4000
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004001 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004002 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004003 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004004
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004005 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004006 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004007 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004008
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004009 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4010 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4011 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4012 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4013 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4014 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4015 return QualType();
4016 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004017
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004018 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4019 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4020 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004022 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004023 return QualType();
4024 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004025
4026 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4027 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4028 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4029 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4030 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4031 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4032 rex->getSourceRange(),
4033 SourceRange(),
4034 rex->getType()))
4035 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4038 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4039 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4041 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4042 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4043 return QualType();
4044 }
4045 } else {
4046 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4047 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4048 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4049 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4050 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4051 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4052 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4053 return QualType();
4054 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004055 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004057 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4058 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4059 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4060 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4061 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4062 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4063 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004064
4065 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004066 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4067 }
4068 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004069
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004070 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004071}
4072
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004073// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004074QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004075 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004076 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4077 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004078 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004080 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4081 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004082 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4083 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4084 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4085 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4086 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004087 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004088 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004089 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4090
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004091 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004092
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004093 // Sanity-check shift operands
4094 llvm::APSInt Right;
4095 // Check right/shifter operand
4096 if (rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004097 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004098 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4099 else {
4100 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4101 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4102 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4103 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4104 }
4105 }
4106
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004107 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004108 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004109}
4110
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004111// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004112QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004113 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4114 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4115
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004116 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004117 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004119 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004120 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4121 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4122 else {
4123 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4124 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4125 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004126 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4127 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004128
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004129 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4130 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004131 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4132 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4133 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004134 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4135 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004136 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4137 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4138 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4139 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004140 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4141 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004142 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004143
4144 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4145 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4146 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4147 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4148
4149 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4150 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004151 Expr *literalString = 0;
4152 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004153 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004154 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4155 literalString = lex;
4156 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004157 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4158 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4159 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004160 literalString = rex;
4161 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4162 }
4163
4164 if (literalString) {
4165 std::string resultComparison;
4166 switch (Opc) {
4167 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4168 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4169 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4170 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4171 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4172 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4173 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4174 }
4175 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4176 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4177 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004178 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4179 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4180 "strcmp(")
4181 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4182 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004183 resultComparison);
4184 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004185 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004186
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004187 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004188 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004189
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004190 if (isRelational) {
4191 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004192 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004193 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004194 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004195 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004196 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004197 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004198 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004199
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004200 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004201 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004202 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004204 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4205 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004206
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004207 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4208 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4209 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004210 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004211 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004212 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004213 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004214 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004216 if (isRelational) {
4217 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004218 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4219 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4220 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004221 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4222 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4223 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4224 }
4225 } else {
4226 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4227 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4228 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4229 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4230 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004231 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004232
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004233 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4234 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4235 return ResultTy;
4236
4237 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4238 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4239 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4240 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4241 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4242 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4243 //
4244 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4245 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004246 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004247 if (T.isNull()) {
4248 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4249 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4250 return QualType();
4251 }
4252
4253 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4254 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4255 return ResultTy;
4256 }
4257
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004258 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004259 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4260 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004261 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004262 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004263 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004264 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004265 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004266 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004267 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004268 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4269 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4270 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4271 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4272 return ResultTy;
4273 }
4274 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4275 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4276 return ResultTy;
4277 }
4278 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4279 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4280 return ResultTy;
4281 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004282 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004283 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004284 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4285 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004286
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004287 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004288 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004289 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004290 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004291 }
4292 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004293 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004294 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004295 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004296 if (!isRelational
4297 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4298 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004299 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004300 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004301 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004302 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004303 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4305 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004306 }
4307 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004308 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004309 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004310
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004311 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004312 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004313 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4314 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004315 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004316 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004317 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004318 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004319
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004320 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4321 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004322 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004323 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004324 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004325 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004326 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004327 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004328 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4329 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4330 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4331 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4332 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004333 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004334 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004335 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004336 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004337 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004338 if (isRelational)
4339 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4340 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4341 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004342 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004343 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004344 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004345 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004346 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004347 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004348 if (isRelational)
4349 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4350 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4351 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004352 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004353 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004354 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004355 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004356 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004357 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004358 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4359 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004360 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004361 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004362 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004363 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4364 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004365 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004366 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004367 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004368 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004369}
4370
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004371/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004372/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004373/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4374/// types.
4375QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004376 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004377 bool isRelational) {
4378 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4379 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004380 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004381 if (vType.isNull())
4382 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004384 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4385 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004386
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004387 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4388 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4389 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4390 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4391 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4392 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4393 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004394 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004395 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004397 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4398 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4399 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004400 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004401 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004403 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4404 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4405 // elements for floating point vectors.
4406 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4407 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004409 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004410 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004411 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004412 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004413 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004414 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4415
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004417 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004418 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4419}
4420
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004421inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004423{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004424 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004425 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004426
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004427 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004429 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004430 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004431 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004432}
4433
4434inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004436{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004437 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4438 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004439
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004440 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004441 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004442 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004443}
4444
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004445/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4446/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4447/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4448///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004449static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004450{
4451 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4452 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4453 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4454 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004455 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4456 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4457 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4458 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4459 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004460 }
4461 }
4462 return false;
4463}
4464
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004465/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4466/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4467static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004468 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4469 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4470 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004471 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4472 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004473 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4474 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004476 unsigned Diag = 0;
4477 bool NeedType = false;
4478 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4479 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4480 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004482 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4483 NeedType = true;
4484 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004485 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004486 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4487 NeedType = true;
4488 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004489 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004490 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4491 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004492 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004493 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4494 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004495 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4496 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004497 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004498 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4499 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004500 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004501 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4502 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004503 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004504 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4505 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004506 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4507 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4508 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004509 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4510 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4511 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004512 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004513
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004514 SourceRange Assign;
4515 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4516 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004517 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004518 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004519 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004520 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004521 return true;
4522}
4523
4524
4525
4526// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004527QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4528 SourceLocation Loc,
4529 QualType CompoundType) {
4530 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4531 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004532 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004533
4534 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4535 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004537 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004538 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004539 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004540 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004541 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4542 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4543 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004544 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004545 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004546 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004547 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004548
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004549 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4550 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4551 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004552 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004553 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4554 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4555 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4556 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4557 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004558 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004559 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004560 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4561 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4562 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004563 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4564 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004565 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4566 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4567 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004568 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004569 }
4570 } else {
4571 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004572 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004573 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004574
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004575 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4576 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004577 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004578
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004579 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4580 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004582 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4583 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004584 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004585 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004586 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004587}
4588
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004589// C99 6.5.17
4590QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004591 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004592 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004593
4594 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4595 // incomplete in C++).
4596
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004597 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004598}
4599
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004600/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4601/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004602QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4603 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004604 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4605 return Context.DependentTy;
4606
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004607 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4608 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004609
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004610 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4611 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4612 if (!isInc) {
4613 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4614 return QualType();
4615 }
4616 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4617 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4618 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004619 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004620 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4621 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004622
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004623 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004624 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004625 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4626 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4627 << Op->getSourceRange();
4628 return QualType();
4629 }
4630
4631 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004632 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004633 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4635 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4636 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4637 return QualType();
4638 }
4639
4640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004641 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004643 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4644 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4645 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004646 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004647 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4648 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4650 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4651 return QualType();
4652 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004653 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4654 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4655 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004656 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004657 } else {
4658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004659 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004660 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004661 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004662 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004663 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004664 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004665 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004666 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004667}
4668
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004669/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004670/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004671/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4672/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4673/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4674/// - &(x) => x
4675/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4676/// - &s.xx => s
4677/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4678/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4679/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4680/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004681static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004682 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004683 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004684 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004685 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004686 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004687 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4688 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4689 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004690 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004691 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004692 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004693 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004694 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004695 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4696 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004697 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4698 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4699 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4700 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4701 }
4702 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004703 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004704 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4705 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004706
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004707 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004708 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4709 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4710 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4711 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4712 default:
4713 return 0;
4714 }
4715 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004716 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004717 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004718 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004719 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4720 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004721 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004722 default:
4723 return 0;
4724 }
4725}
4726
4727/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004728/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004729/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004730/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004731/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004733/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004734QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004735 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4736 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4737
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004738 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4739 return Context.DependentTy;
4740
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004741 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4742 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4743 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4744 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4745 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4746 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4747 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4748 }
4749 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4750 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4751 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004752 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004753 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004754
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004755 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4756 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004757 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004758 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004759 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004760 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4761 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004762 return QualType();
4763 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004764 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004765 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4766 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4767 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004768 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004769 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4770 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004771 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004772 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004773 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004774 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004775 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4776 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4777 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4778 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4779 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004780 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004782 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4783 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4784 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004785 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4786 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004787 return QualType();
4788 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004789 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4790 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004791 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004792 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004793 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004794 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4795 // scope qualifier for the class.
4796 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4797 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004798 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4799 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4800 Diag(OpLoc,
4801 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4802 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4803 return QualType();
4804 }
4805
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004806 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4807 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004808 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004809 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004810 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004811 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004812 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004813 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4814 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4815 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4816 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004817 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004818 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004819
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004820 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4821 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4822 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4823 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4824 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4825 }
4826
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004827 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4828 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4829}
4830
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004831QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004832 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4833 return Context.DependentTy;
4834
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004835 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4836 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004838 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4839 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4840 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4841 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004842 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004843 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004844
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004845 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4846 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4847
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004848 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004849 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004850 return QualType();
4851}
4852
4853static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4854 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4855 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4856 switch (Kind) {
4857 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004858 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4859 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004860 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4861 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4862 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4863 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4864 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4865 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4866 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4867 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4868 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4869 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4870 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4871 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4872 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4873 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4874 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4875 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4876 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4877 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4878 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4879 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4880 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4881 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4882 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4883 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4884 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4885 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4886 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4887 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4888 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4889 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4890 }
4891 return Opc;
4892}
4893
4894static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4895 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4896 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4897 switch (Kind) {
4898 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4899 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4900 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4901 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4902 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4903 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4904 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4905 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4906 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004907 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4908 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4909 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4910 }
4911 return Opc;
4912}
4913
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004914/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4915/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4916/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004917Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4918 unsigned Op,
4919 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004920 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004921 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004922 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4923 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4924 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004925
4926 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004927 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4928 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4929 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004930 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4931 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4932 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4933 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4934 break;
4935 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004936 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4937 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4938 break;
4939 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4940 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4941 break;
4942 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4943 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4944 break;
4945 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4946 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4947 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004948 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004949 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4950 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4951 break;
4952 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4953 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4954 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4955 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004956 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004957 break;
4958 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4959 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004960 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004961 break;
4962 case BinaryOperator::And:
4963 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4964 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4965 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4966 break;
4967 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4968 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4969 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4970 break;
4971 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4972 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4974 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4975 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4976 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004977 break;
4978 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004979 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4980 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4981 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4982 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004983 break;
4984 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004985 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4986 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4987 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004988 break;
4989 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004990 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4991 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4992 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004993 break;
4994 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4995 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004996 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4997 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4998 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4999 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005000 break;
5001 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5002 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5003 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005004 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5005 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5006 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5007 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005008 break;
5009 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5010 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5011 break;
5012 }
5013 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005014 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005015 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005016 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5017 else
5018 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005019 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5020 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005021}
5022
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005023// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005024Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5025 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5026 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005027 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005028 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005029
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005030 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5031 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005032
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005033 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5034 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5035 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5036 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5037 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5038 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5039 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005040 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005041 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5042 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5043 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5044 Functions);
5045 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5046 DeclarationName OpName
5047 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5048 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005049 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005050
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005051 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5052 // binary operation.
5053 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005054 }
5055
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005056 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5057 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005058}
5059
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005060Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5061 unsigned OpcIn,
5062 ExprArg InputArg) {
5063 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005064
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005065 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005066 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005067 QualType resultType;
5068 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005069 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5070 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5071 break;
5072
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005073 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5074 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005075 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5076 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005077 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005078 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5079 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005080 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005081 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005082 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5083 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005084 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005085 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005086 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5087 break;
5088 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5089 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005090 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5091 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005092 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5093 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005094 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5095 break;
5096 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5097 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5098 break;
5099 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5100 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5101 resultType->isPointerType())
5102 break;
5103
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005104 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5105 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005106 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005107 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5108 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005109 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5110 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005111 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5112 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5113 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005114 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005115 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005116 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005117 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5118 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005119 break;
5120 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5121 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005122 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5123 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005124 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5125 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005126 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005127 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5128 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005129 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005130 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5131 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005132 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005133 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005134 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005135 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005136 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005137 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005138 resultType = Input->getType();
5139 break;
5140 }
5141 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005142 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005143
5144 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005145 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005146}
5147
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005148// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5149Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5150 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5151 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5152 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5153
5154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5155 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5156 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5157 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5158 // the arguments.
5159 FunctionSet Functions;
5160 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5161 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5162 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5163 Functions);
5164 DeclarationName OpName
5165 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5166 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5167 }
5168
5169 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5170 }
5171
5172 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5173}
5174
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005175/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005176Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5177 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5178 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005179 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005180 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005181
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005182 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5183 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005184 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005185 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005187 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005188 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5189 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005190}
5191
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005192Sema::OwningExprResult
5193Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5194 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5195 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005196 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5197 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5198
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005199 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005200 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005201 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005202
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005203 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5204 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5205 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005207 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5208 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5209 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005210
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005211 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5212 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5213 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5214 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5215 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005217 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005218 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005219 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005220
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005221 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5222 // expressions are not lvalues.
5223
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005224 substmt.release();
5225 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005226}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005227
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005228Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5229 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5230 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5231 TypeTy *argty,
5232 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5233 unsigned NumComponents,
5234 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5235 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5236 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005237 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5238 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005239 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005240
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005241 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5242
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005243 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5244 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5245 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005246 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005247 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005248
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005249 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5250 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005251
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005252 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5253 // the offsetof designators.
5254 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5255 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005256 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005257 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005258
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005259 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5260 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005261 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5262 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005263 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005264 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5265 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005266
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005267 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005268 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005269
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005270 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5271 // leaks like a sieve.
5272 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5273 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5274 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5275 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5276 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5277 if (!AT) {
5278 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005279 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5280 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005281 }
5282
5283 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5284
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005285 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5286 // expression.
5287 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5288
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005289 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5290 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005291 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005292 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005293 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005294 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005295 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005296
5297 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5298 OC.LocEnd);
5299 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005300 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005302 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005303 if (!RC) {
5304 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005305 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5306 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005307 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005308
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005309 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5310 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005311 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005312 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005313 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5314 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5315 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005316 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5317 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005318 }
5319
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005320 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5321 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5322 LookupMemberName)
5323 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005324 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005325 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005326 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5327 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005329 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5330 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005331 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005332 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5333 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005334 } else {
5335 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5336 // doesn't matter here.
5337 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5338 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5339 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005340 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005341 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005343 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5344 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005345}
5346
5347
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005348Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5349 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5350 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005351 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5352 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5353 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005354
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005355 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005356
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005357 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5358 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5359 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5360 return ExprError();
5361 }
5362
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005363 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5364 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005365}
5366
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005367Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5368 ExprArg cond,
5369 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5370 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5371 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5372 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5373 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005374
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005375 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5376
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005377 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005378 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005379 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5380 } else {
5381 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5382 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5383 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5384 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005385 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5386 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5387 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005388
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005389 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5390 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5391 }
5392
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005393 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5394 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5395 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005396}
5397
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005398//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5399// Clang Extensions.
5400//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5401
5402/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005403void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005404 // Analyze block parameters.
5405 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005406
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005407 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5408 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5409 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005410
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005411 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005412 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005413 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005414 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005415 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5416 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005417
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005418 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005419 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005420}
5421
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005422void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005423 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005424
5425 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5426 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005427 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005428 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5429
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005430 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5431 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5432 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5433 return;
5434 }
5435
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005436 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5437 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5438 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5439
5440 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5441 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005442 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005443 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005444 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005445 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005446 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5447 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005448 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5449
5450 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5451 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5452 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5453 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5454 return;
5455 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005456 return;
5457 }
5458
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005459 // Analyze arguments to block.
5460 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5461 "Not a function declarator!");
5462 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005463
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005464 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5465 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005466
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005467 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5468 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5469 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5470 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005471 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5472 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005473 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005474 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005475 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5476 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005477 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005478 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005479 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005480 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005481 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005482 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005483 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005484 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5485 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5486 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5487 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5488 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005489
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005490 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005491 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005492 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005493 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005494 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005495 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5496 }
5497
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005498 // Analyze the return type.
5499 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5500 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5501
5502 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5503 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5504 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5505 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5506 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005507 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005508}
5509
5510/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5511/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5512void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5513 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5514 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005515
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005516 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5517
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005518 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005519 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005520 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005521 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005522}
5523
5524/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5525/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005526Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5527 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005528 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5529 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5530 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5531
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005532 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5533 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005534
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005535 PopDeclContext();
5536
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005537 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5538 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005539
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005540 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005541 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5542 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005543
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005544 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5545 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5546 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005547
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005548 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005549 QualType BlockTy;
5550 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005551 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5552 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005553 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005554 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005555 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5556 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005557
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005558 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005559 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005560 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005561
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005562 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5563 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5564 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5565 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5566
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005567 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005568 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005569 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5570 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005571}
5572
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005573Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5574 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5575 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005576 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005577 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5578 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5579
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005580 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005581
5582 // Get the va_list type
5583 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005584 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5585 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5586 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5587 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005588 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005589 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5590 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5591 } else {
5592 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5593 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005594 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5595 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005596 return ExprError();
5597 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005598
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005599 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5600 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005601 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5602 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005603 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005604 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005605
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005606 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005607 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005608
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005609 expr.release();
5610 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5611 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005612}
5613
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005615 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5616 // pointers on the target.
5617 QualType Ty;
5618 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5619 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5620 else
5621 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5622
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005623 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005624}
5625
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005626bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5627 SourceLocation Loc,
5628 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5629 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5630 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5631 bool isInvalid = false;
5632 unsigned DiagKind;
5633 switch (ConvTy) {
5634 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5635 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005636 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005637 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5638 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005639 case IntToPointer:
5640 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5641 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005642 case IncompatiblePointer:
5643 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5644 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005645 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5646 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5647 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005648 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5649 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5650 break;
5651 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005652 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5653 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5654 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5655 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5656 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5657 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5658 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5659 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5660 // C++ semantics.
5661 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5662 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5663 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005664 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5665 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005666 case IntToBlockPointer:
5667 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5668 break;
5669 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005670 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005671 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005672 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005673 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005674 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5675 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5676 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005677 case IncompatibleVectors:
5678 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5679 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005680 case Incompatible:
5681 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5682 isInvalid = true;
5683 break;
5684 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005685
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005686 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5687 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005688 return isInvalid;
5689}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005690
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005691bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005692 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5693 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5694 if (Result)
5695 *Result = ICEResult;
5696 return false;
5697 }
5698
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005699 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5700
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005701 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005702 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5703 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5704
5705 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5706 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5707 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5708 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5709 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5710 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5711 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005712
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005713 return true;
5714 }
5715
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005716 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5717 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005718
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005719 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5720 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5721 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005722
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005723 if (Result)
5724 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5725 return false;
5726}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005727
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005728Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5729Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5730 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5731 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5732 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5733
5734 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5735 return NewContext;
5736}
5737
5738void
5739Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5740 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5741 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5742
5743 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5744 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5745 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5746 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5747 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5748 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5749 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5750
5751 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5752 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5753 I != IEnd; ++I)
5754 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5755 }
5756}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005757
5758/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5759///
5760/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5761/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5762/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5763/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5764///
5765/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5766///
5767/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5768void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5769 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5770
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005771 if (D->isUsed())
5772 return;
5773
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005774 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5775 // template or not.
5776 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5777 D->setUsed(true);
5778
5779 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5780 // an instantiation.
5781 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5782 return;
5783
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005784 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5785 case Unevaluated:
5786 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5787 return;
5788
5789 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5790 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5791 // "used"; handle this below.
5792 break;
5793
5794 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5795 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5796 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5797 // potentially evaluated.
5798 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5799 return;
5800 }
5801
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005802 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005803 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005804 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005805 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5806 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5807 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005808 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5809 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005810 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5811 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5812 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005813 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5814 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5815 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5816
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005817 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5818 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5819 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5820 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5821 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5822 }
5823 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005824 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005825 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5826 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005827 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005828 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5829 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5830 // instantiated, naturally).
5831 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5832 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005833 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005834 }
5835
5836
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005837 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005838 Function->setUsed(true);
5839 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005840 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005841
5842 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005843 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5844 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5845 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5846 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5847 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5848 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5849
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005850 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005851
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005852 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005853 return;
5854}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005855}
5856